1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
5 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
21 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
22 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
30 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
31 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
33 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
34 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
35 haven't bothered yet. */
37 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
45 #include "libiberty.h"
46 #include "safe-ctype.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
55 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
57 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
60 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
61 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
62 need to move into elfcode.h. */
64 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
67 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
68 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
69 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
71 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
72 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
73 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
74 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
75 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
76 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
77 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
80 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
83 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
84 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
85 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
90 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
93 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
96 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
99 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
100 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
101 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
103 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
104 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
107 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
110 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
111 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
112 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
115 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
118 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
121 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
122 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
123 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
125 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
126 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
127 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
128 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
129 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
132 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
135 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
136 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
137 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
140 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
143 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
146 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
149 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
150 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
151 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
153 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
154 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
155 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
156 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
157 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
160 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
163 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
164 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
165 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
167 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
169 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
171 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
174 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
178 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
179 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
181 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
184 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
187 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
188 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
189 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
191 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
194 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
195 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
198 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
200 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
205 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
208 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
211 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
212 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
216 return h
& 0xffffffff;
219 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
220 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
223 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
225 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
226 unsigned long h
= 5381;
229 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
230 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
231 return h
& 0xffffffff;
234 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
235 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
237 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
239 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
241 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
242 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
243 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
246 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
247 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
253 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
255 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
256 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
261 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
263 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
264 return abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
);
268 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
270 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
271 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
273 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
275 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
277 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
278 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
281 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
282 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
284 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
285 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
286 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
288 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
289 in case the string table is not terminated. */
290 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
291 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
292 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
294 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
296 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
297 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
299 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
300 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
301 the string table over and over. */
302 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
305 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
306 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
308 return (char *) shstrtab
;
312 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
313 unsigned int shindex
,
314 unsigned int strindex
)
316 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
321 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
324 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
326 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
327 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
330 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
332 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
333 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
334 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
335 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
336 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
338 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
342 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
345 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
346 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
347 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
348 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
349 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
350 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
351 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
354 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
355 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
358 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
360 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
362 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
364 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
365 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
366 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
367 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
368 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
369 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
370 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
375 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
381 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
383 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
384 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
386 /* Read the symbols. */
388 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
390 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
391 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
392 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
393 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
394 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
396 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
397 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
399 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
400 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
401 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
407 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
411 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
412 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
413 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
415 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
416 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
417 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
419 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
420 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
421 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
428 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
430 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
431 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
432 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
433 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
437 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
438 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
439 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
440 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
442 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
443 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
445 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
446 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
447 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
448 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
449 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
456 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
458 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
459 free (alloc_extshndx
);
464 /* Look up a symbol name. */
466 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
467 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
468 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
472 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
473 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
475 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
476 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
477 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
479 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
480 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
483 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
486 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
487 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
492 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
493 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
496 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
497 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
499 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
501 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
502 signature just a string? */
505 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
507 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
508 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
509 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
510 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
512 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
513 that it is a symbol table section. */
514 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
516 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
517 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
518 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
521 /* Go read the symbol. */
522 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
523 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
524 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
527 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
530 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
533 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
535 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
537 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
538 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
541 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
543 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
544 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
545 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
548 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
549 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
550 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
551 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
552 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
554 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
556 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
558 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
564 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
565 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
569 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
570 so we can find them quickly. */
573 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
574 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
575 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
576 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
580 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
582 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
584 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
587 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
589 /* Add to list of sections. */
590 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
593 /* Read the raw contents. */
594 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
595 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
596 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
597 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
598 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
599 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
602 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
603 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
607 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
609 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
610 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
614 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
615 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
616 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
618 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
619 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
626 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
627 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
630 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
631 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
632 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
637 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
638 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
641 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
648 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
652 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
654 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
655 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
656 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
658 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
659 section is a member. */
661 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
665 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
666 other members to see if any others are linked via
668 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
669 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
671 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
672 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
676 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
677 insert current section in circular list. */
678 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
679 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
680 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
686 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
689 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
691 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
692 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
695 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
697 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
698 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
706 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
708 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
715 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
718 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
719 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
722 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
723 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
725 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
726 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
728 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
729 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
730 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
731 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
734 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
735 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
736 bed
->link_order_error_handler
737 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
742 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
744 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
746 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
747 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
751 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
752 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
755 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
756 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
757 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
761 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
766 /* Process section groups. */
767 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
770 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
772 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
773 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
774 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
777 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
778 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
779 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
780 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
781 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
782 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
783 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
784 relocation sections are in section group in input object
786 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
789 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
790 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
791 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
793 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
794 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
795 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
798 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
806 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
808 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
811 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
812 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
815 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
816 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
822 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
824 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
827 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
831 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
832 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
833 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
835 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
836 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
837 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
839 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
841 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
842 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
843 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
844 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
847 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
848 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
849 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
850 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
851 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
852 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
855 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
858 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
859 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
860 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
862 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
864 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
867 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
868 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
869 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
871 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
872 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
874 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
875 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
876 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
877 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
879 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
881 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
882 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
889 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'n')
890 p
= ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n
= 17;
891 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'd')
892 p
= ".gdb_index", n
= 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
893 else if (name
[1] == 'l')
895 else if (name
[1] == 's')
897 else if (name
[1] == 'z')
898 p
= ".zdebug", n
= 7;
901 if (p
!= NULL
&& strncmp (name
, p
, n
) == 0)
902 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
906 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
907 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
908 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
909 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
910 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
911 all but one of the sections. */
912 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
913 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
914 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
916 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
917 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
918 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
921 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
924 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
925 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
926 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
927 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
931 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
934 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, -1);
938 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
940 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
941 unsigned int i
, nload
;
943 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
944 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
945 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
946 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
947 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
948 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
949 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
951 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
953 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
956 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
957 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
959 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
960 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
961 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
962 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
964 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
965 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
966 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
968 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
969 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
970 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
971 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
972 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
973 segment will contain sections with contiguous
974 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
975 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
976 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
978 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
979 offsets whether a section with zero size should
980 be placed at the end of one segment or the
981 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
982 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
983 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
984 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
990 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
991 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
992 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
993 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
994 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
996 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
999 if (bfd_is_section_compressed (abfd
, newsect
))
1001 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1002 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1003 action
= decompress
;
1007 /* Normal section. Check if we should compress. */
1008 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
) && newsect
->size
!= 0)
1018 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1020 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1021 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1027 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1029 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
1030 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1034 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
1038 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1040 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1041 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1047 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1049 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
1050 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1053 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
1057 if (new_name
!= NULL
)
1058 bfd_rename_section (abfd
, newsect
, new_name
);
1064 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
1065 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1066 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1067 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1070 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1071 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1072 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1073 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1074 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1075 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1076 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1077 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1078 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1080 bfd_reloc_status_type
1081 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1082 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1084 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1085 asection
*input_section
,
1087 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1089 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1090 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1091 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1092 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1094 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1095 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1098 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1101 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1105 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1107 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1108 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1111 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd
)
1112 || (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
1113 == elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
));
1115 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1116 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1117 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1119 /* Copy object attributes. */
1120 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1125 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1130 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1131 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1132 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1133 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1134 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1135 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1136 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1137 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1138 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1139 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1140 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1141 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1146 /* Print out the program headers. */
1149 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1151 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1152 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1154 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1156 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1161 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1162 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1163 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1165 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1170 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1173 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1174 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1175 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1176 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1177 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1178 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1179 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1180 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1181 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1182 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1183 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1184 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1185 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1186 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1187 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1188 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1189 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1194 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1197 unsigned int elfsec
;
1198 unsigned long shlink
;
1199 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1201 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1203 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1205 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1208 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1209 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1211 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1213 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1214 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1217 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1218 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1220 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1221 const char *name
= "";
1223 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1224 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1226 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1228 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1235 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1236 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1238 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1240 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1245 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1246 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1247 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1248 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1249 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1250 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1251 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1252 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1253 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1254 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1255 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1256 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1257 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1258 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1259 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1260 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1261 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1262 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1263 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1264 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1265 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1266 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1267 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1268 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1269 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1270 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1271 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1272 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1273 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1274 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1275 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1276 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1277 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1278 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1279 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1280 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1281 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1282 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1283 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1284 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1285 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1286 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1287 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1288 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1289 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1290 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1291 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1292 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1293 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1294 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1295 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1296 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1297 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1298 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1299 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1300 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1301 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1302 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1305 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1309 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1314 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1316 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1319 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1328 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1329 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1331 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1335 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1337 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1339 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1340 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1342 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1343 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1344 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1345 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1347 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1350 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1354 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1360 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1362 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1364 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1365 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1367 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1369 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1370 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1371 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1372 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1373 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1374 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1386 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1389 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1392 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1394 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1397 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1398 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1400 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1401 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1402 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1403 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol
->flags
);
1405 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1407 const char *section_name
;
1408 const char *name
= NULL
;
1409 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1410 unsigned char st_other
;
1413 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1415 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1416 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1417 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1421 name
= symbol
->name
;
1422 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1425 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1426 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1427 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1428 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1429 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1430 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1431 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1433 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1434 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1436 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1437 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_section
!= 0
1438 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_section
!= 0
1439 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_section
!= 0))
1441 unsigned int vernum
;
1442 const char *version_string
;
1444 vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
1447 version_string
= "";
1448 else if (vernum
== 1)
1449 version_string
= "Base";
1450 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1452 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1455 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1457 version_string
= "";
1458 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1462 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1464 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1466 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1468 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1475 if ((((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
1476 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1481 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1482 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1487 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1488 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1493 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1494 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1495 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1497 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1499 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1502 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1508 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1510 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1511 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1513 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1515 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1520 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1521 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1522 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1524 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1531 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1533 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1536 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1538 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
1539 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
1540 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1543 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
1546 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1547 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1548 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
1553 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1554 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1557 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1560 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1561 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1562 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1563 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1564 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1565 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1566 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1567 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1568 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1569 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1571 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1572 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1574 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
1576 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1577 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1578 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
1581 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
1582 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1583 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1585 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1590 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1592 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1594 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1596 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1597 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1598 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1599 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1601 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1602 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1606 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1608 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1609 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1611 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1612 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1614 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1622 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table */
1623 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1626 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1628 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1630 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1632 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1633 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1634 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1638 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1639 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1640 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1641 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1642 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1644 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1645 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1646 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1647 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1648 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1650 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1651 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1652 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1656 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1657 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1658 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1659 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1661 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1663 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1664 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1666 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1667 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1668 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1672 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1674 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1675 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1676 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1680 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1684 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1685 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1688 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1690 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1692 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1694 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1695 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1696 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1700 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1701 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1702 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1703 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1704 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1706 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1707 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1708 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1710 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1711 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1714 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1715 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1716 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1717 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1720 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table */
1721 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1723 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1725 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1726 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1729 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1732 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1733 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1736 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1739 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1740 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1741 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1742 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1744 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1748 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1749 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1750 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1751 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1753 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1755 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1756 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1758 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1759 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1761 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1764 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
1766 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1768 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1769 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
1773 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1777 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1779 asection
*target_sect
;
1780 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
1781 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1782 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
1786 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1787 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
1790 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1791 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
1793 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
1794 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1795 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
1796 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1800 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1801 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1802 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1803 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1804 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1805 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1806 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
1808 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
1809 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
1810 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
1811 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
1817 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
1819 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1820 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1831 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
1834 /* Get the symbol table. */
1835 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1836 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1837 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
1840 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1841 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1842 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1843 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1844 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1845 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
1846 sh_link points to the null section. */
1847 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
1848 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
1849 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
1850 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
1851 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1852 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1853 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1856 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
1858 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
1859 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
1862 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
1863 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1864 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
1866 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
1868 BFD_ASSERT (*p_hdr
== NULL
);
1869 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
1870 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1875 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
1876 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
1877 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
1878 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
1879 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1880 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1881 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1882 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1884 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1885 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
1887 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
1891 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
1892 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
1893 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
1894 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1896 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
1897 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
1899 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
1900 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
1901 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1903 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
1904 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
1905 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
1906 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1912 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
1914 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1916 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
1918 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
1919 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
1922 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
1923 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
1924 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1926 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1928 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
1932 if (idx
->shdr
!= NULL
1933 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
1934 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
1936 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
1944 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1945 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1946 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
1948 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1950 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
1954 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1955 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1958 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
1960 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1961 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1962 for applications? */
1963 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1964 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1965 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1966 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1968 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1969 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1972 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
1973 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
1974 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1975 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1976 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1978 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1979 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
1981 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
1982 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
1983 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
1984 required to correctly process the section and the file should
1985 be rejected with an error message. */
1986 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1987 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
1989 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1991 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
1992 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1995 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1996 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1997 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1998 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2006 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2009 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2011 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2013 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2015 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2017 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2018 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2019 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2021 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2022 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2023 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2026 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2028 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2031 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2034 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2037 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2041 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2043 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2045 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2048 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2050 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2051 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2054 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2056 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2057 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2060 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2062 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2063 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2064 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2065 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2066 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2067 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2068 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2069 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2070 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2071 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2072 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2075 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2077 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2078 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2079 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2082 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2084 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2085 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2086 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2087 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2088 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2089 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2090 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2091 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2092 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2093 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2096 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2098 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2099 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2102 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2104 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2105 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2106 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2107 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2110 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2112 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2113 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2116 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2118 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2119 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2120 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2123 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2125 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2126 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2127 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2130 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2132 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2133 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2134 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2135 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2136 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2139 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2141 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2142 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2143 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2144 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2145 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2146 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2147 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2150 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2152 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2153 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2154 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2155 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2158 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2160 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2161 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2162 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2163 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2164 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2167 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2169 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2170 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2171 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2173 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2174 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2175 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2176 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2179 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2181 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2183 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2185 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2186 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2187 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2193 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2196 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2197 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2198 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2204 len
= strlen (name
);
2206 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2209 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2211 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2213 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2216 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2217 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2219 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2221 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2223 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2224 && (suffix_len
== -2
2225 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2231 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2233 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2234 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2244 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2245 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2248 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2249 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2251 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2252 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2255 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2256 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2259 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2260 bed
->special_sections
,
2266 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2269 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2270 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2273 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2278 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2282 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2284 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2285 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2286 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2288 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2291 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2295 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2298 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2299 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2300 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2302 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2303 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2304 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2305 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2306 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2307 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2308 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2309 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2310 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2311 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2312 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2314 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2317 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2318 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2319 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2321 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2322 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2326 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2329 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2331 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2332 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2333 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2334 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2336 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2337 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2338 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2339 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2340 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2341 of combined data+bss.
2343 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2344 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2345 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2346 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2347 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2352 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2353 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2355 const char *type_name
)
2363 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2364 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2365 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2367 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2369 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2370 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2371 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2374 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2375 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2376 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2378 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2379 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2380 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2381 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2382 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2383 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2384 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2386 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2387 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2388 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2390 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2392 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2395 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2397 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2401 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2405 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2406 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2407 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2410 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2411 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2412 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2414 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2415 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2416 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2417 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2418 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2419 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2420 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2421 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2422 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2424 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2425 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2426 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2427 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2428 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2429 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2430 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
2432 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2433 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2434 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2436 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2437 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2444 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
2446 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2448 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2451 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
2454 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load");
2457 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
2460 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
2463 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
2465 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2470 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
2473 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
2475 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2476 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
2480 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
2483 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
2486 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2487 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2488 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
2492 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2496 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
2498 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
2500 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
2501 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
2504 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
2507 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
2508 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
2509 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
2513 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2514 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
2516 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2518 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
2520 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2523 amt
= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
);
2524 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
2525 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2526 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
2528 amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2529 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2532 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2534 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2536 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2538 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2539 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2540 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2541 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2542 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2543 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2544 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2545 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2546 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2551 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
2554 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
2556 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2557 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2559 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
2562 struct fake_section_arg
2564 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
2568 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2571 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
2573 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
2574 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2575 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
2576 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2577 unsigned int sh_type
;
2581 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2586 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
2588 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2589 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2590 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2596 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2598 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2599 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2600 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2602 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2604 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2605 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2606 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2607 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2608 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2609 copy_private_section_data. */
2611 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2612 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2614 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2616 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2617 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2619 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
2621 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2622 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2623 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
2624 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
2625 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2627 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2628 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2629 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2630 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2631 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2632 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
2633 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2636 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2642 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2643 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2644 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2651 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2655 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2659 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2663 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2664 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2668 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2669 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2672 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2673 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2676 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2677 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2678 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2679 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2681 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2682 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2684 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2685 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2688 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2689 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2690 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2691 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2693 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2694 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2696 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2697 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2701 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
2705 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
2709 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2710 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2711 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2712 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2713 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2714 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2715 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2717 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2718 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2719 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2720 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2722 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2723 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2724 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2726 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2727 if (asect
->size
== 0
2728 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2730 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2732 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2735 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2736 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2737 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2741 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
2742 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
2744 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2745 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2746 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2747 create the other. */
2748 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
2750 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
2753 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
2754 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
2755 && (arg
->link_info
->relocatable
|| arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
2757 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
2758 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, asect
, FALSE
))
2763 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
2764 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, asect
, TRUE
))
2770 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2772 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
2778 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2779 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
2780 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2781 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2784 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
2786 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2787 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2788 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2792 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
2793 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
2794 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
2795 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
2798 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2800 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
2801 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2805 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2807 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2811 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
2813 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
2815 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
2817 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2818 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2822 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2823 elf_section_syms. */
2824 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
2825 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2827 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2829 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
2831 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
2832 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
2833 set until all local symbols are output. */
2834 asection
*igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
2835 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
2836 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
2837 unsigned long extsymoff
= 0;
2838 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2840 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
2842 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2844 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
2845 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2847 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
2848 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2849 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2850 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2852 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
2855 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2857 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2860 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2862 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2863 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2864 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2871 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
2873 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2874 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2875 start of the input section group. */
2876 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
2878 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2879 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2880 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2881 directives, not that it matters. */
2888 s
= s
->output_section
;
2890 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
2892 unsigned int idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2895 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
2897 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
2902 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
2905 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
2908 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2909 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2910 in here too, while we're at it. */
2913 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
2915 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
2917 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
2918 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
2919 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
2920 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
2924 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2926 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2927 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
2929 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2930 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2932 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2934 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
2936 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
2938 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2939 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
2940 abfd
->section_count
--;
2943 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2948 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2950 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2952 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
2953 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2954 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
2957 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
2958 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
2965 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
2966 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
2972 t
->shstrtab_section
= section_number
++;
2973 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
2974 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= t
->shstrtab_section
;
2976 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
2977 || (link_info
== NULL
2978 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
2982 t
->symtab_section
= section_number
++;
2983 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
2984 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
2986 t
->symtab_shndx_section
= section_number
++;
2987 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
2988 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2989 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
2990 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2993 t
->strtab_section
= section_number
++;
2994 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
2997 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
2999 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3000 abfd
, section_number
);
3004 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3005 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3007 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3008 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3010 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3012 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3013 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3014 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3017 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3018 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3019 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3021 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3025 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3027 i_shdrp
[t
->shstrtab_section
] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3030 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_section
] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3031 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3033 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_shndx_section
] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3034 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3036 i_shdrp
[t
->strtab_section
] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3037 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->strtab_section
;
3040 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3045 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3047 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3048 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3049 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3050 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3051 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3053 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3055 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3056 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3057 the relocation entries apply. */
3058 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3060 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3061 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3063 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3065 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3066 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3069 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3070 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3072 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3075 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3076 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3078 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3079 if (discarded_section (s
))
3082 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3083 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3084 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3086 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3087 size as the discarded one. */
3088 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3091 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3097 s
= s
->output_section
;
3098 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3102 /* Handle objcopy. */
3103 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3105 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3106 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3107 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3108 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3111 s
= s
->output_section
;
3113 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3118 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3119 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3120 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3122 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3123 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3124 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3125 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3126 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3131 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3135 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3136 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3137 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3138 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3139 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3140 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3141 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3143 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3145 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3147 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
3151 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3153 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3157 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3158 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3159 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3160 field to point to this section. */
3161 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3162 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3167 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3168 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3171 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3172 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3173 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3177 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3179 /* This is a .stab section. */
3180 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3181 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3182 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3189 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3190 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3191 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3192 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3194 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3196 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3199 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3200 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3201 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3202 the version strings. */
3203 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3204 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3206 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3211 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3212 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3213 this hash table or version table is for. */
3214 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3216 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3220 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3224 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3225 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3226 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3228 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3229 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3234 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3236 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3237 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3238 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3239 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3241 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
3242 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3243 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3246 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3247 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3250 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3252 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
3254 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
3257 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
3258 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
3259 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
3260 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3261 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
3262 || (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
3263 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
3264 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
3267 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3268 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3271 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
3273 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3274 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3275 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3276 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3277 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3278 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3279 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3286 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3290 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3292 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3293 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3297 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3298 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3300 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3301 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3303 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3304 decided to output. */
3305 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3307 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3309 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3311 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
3312 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3314 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3316 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3317 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3319 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3323 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3324 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3326 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3328 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3332 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3333 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3334 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3335 at least in that case. */
3336 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3338 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3340 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3347 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3348 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
3349 sizeof (asymbol
*));
3351 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3354 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3356 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3359 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3360 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3361 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3366 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3368 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3370 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3372 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3375 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3376 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3379 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3381 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3385 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3387 elf_num_locals (abfd
) = num_locals
;
3388 elf_num_globals (abfd
) = num_globals
;
3392 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3393 ELF data structure. */
3395 static inline file_ptr
3396 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3398 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3401 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3402 required section alignment. */
3405 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3409 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
3410 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
3411 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3412 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3413 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3414 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3415 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3419 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3420 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3421 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3424 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3425 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3427 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3428 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
3430 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3431 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3432 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3434 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3437 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3438 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3439 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3441 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3444 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3445 if (bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
)
3446 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3448 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
3449 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
3450 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
3454 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3457 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3458 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
3459 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3460 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3464 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3465 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3467 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3472 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3474 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3479 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3480 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3481 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3482 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3483 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3484 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3485 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3486 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3487 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3488 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3489 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3491 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3497 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3499 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
3501 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3502 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3504 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3505 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3506 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3508 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3509 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3511 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
3513 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3515 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3516 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3518 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3521 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3526 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3527 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3529 static bfd_size_type
3530 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3534 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3536 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3537 and one for data. */
3540 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3541 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3543 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3544 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3545 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3550 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
3552 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3556 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
3558 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3562 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
)
3564 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3568 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
3570 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3574 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3576 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3577 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
3579 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3581 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3582 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3583 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3584 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3585 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3586 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3588 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
3589 while (s
->next
!= NULL
3590 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
3591 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3592 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->next
->name
, ".note"))
3597 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3599 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3601 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3607 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3608 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3609 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
3613 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
3619 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3622 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3625 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
3627 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3628 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
3630 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
,
3631 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
3637 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
3638 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
3645 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3647 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3648 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3649 asection
**sections
,
3654 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3659 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3660 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3661 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3665 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3666 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3667 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3668 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3670 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3672 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3673 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3674 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3680 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3683 struct elf_segment_map
*
3684 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3686 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3688 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3689 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3693 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3695 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3700 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3703 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
3704 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3705 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
3707 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
3708 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3710 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3711 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3712 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3713 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3715 m
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
3718 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
3720 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
3722 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3723 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3724 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
3726 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
3730 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
3732 if (remove_empty_load
&& (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
3738 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3739 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
3741 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
3748 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3751 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3754 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3755 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3756 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3757 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
3759 no_user_phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
;
3762 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
3764 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
3768 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3769 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3772 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3773 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3775 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3776 bfd_boolean writable
;
3778 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3779 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3781 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
3783 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3785 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
3786 sizeof (asection
*));
3787 if (sections
== NULL
)
3790 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
3791 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
3793 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
3794 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
3797 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3799 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3803 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
3804 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
3805 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
3808 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3811 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3813 /* Build the mapping. */
3818 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3819 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3821 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3822 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3824 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3825 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3829 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3830 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3831 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3832 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3833 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3838 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3839 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3843 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3851 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3852 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3853 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3857 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
3859 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3861 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
3864 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3865 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3866 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3867 program headers we will need. */
3870 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
3872 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3873 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
3874 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
3875 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
3876 || ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) % maxpagesize
3877 < phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
3878 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
) < wrap_to
)
3879 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3882 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3885 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
3889 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3892 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
3894 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3895 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3896 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3898 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
3900 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3901 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3905 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
3906 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
3908 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
3909 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
3912 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
3913 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
3914 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
3915 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
3916 section can be included in the current segment. */
3917 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
3919 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
3922 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3923 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3926 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
3927 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
3929 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3930 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3931 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3934 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
3936 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3937 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3938 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3939 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3942 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
3943 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
3944 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
3946 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3947 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3948 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3949 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3950 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3951 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3952 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3957 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3958 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3961 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3962 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
3964 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
3966 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
3972 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3975 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3976 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
3977 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3978 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3984 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3985 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3987 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3994 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4000 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4001 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4002 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4006 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4009 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4011 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4012 && (i
- phdr_index
!= 1
4013 || ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4014 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
4016 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4024 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4027 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4034 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4035 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4036 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4037 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4038 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4040 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4042 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4043 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4048 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4049 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4050 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4052 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4053 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4054 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2
->next
->name
, ".note")
4055 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
, 2)
4061 amt
+= (count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4062 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4066 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4070 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4071 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4074 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4075 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4079 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4087 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4090 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4091 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4092 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4097 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4098 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4100 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4101 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
4103 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
4104 m
->sections
[i
] = first_tls
;
4105 first_tls
= first_tls
->next
;
4112 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4114 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
;
4115 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4116 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4118 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4119 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4123 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4125 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4131 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
4133 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4134 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4138 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4139 m
->p_flags
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
;
4140 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4146 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4148 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4150 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4152 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
4153 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
4156 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4157 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4158 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4161 if (i
== (unsigned) -1)
4164 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
+ m
->sections
[i
]->size
4170 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4173 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4174 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4178 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4180 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4188 elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
= mfirst
;
4191 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
4194 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4196 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4201 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4206 /* Sort sections by address. */
4209 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4211 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4212 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4213 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4215 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4216 place the section into a segment. */
4217 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4219 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4222 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4223 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4224 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4226 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4229 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4231 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4237 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4238 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4239 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4240 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4245 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4250 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4251 before others at the same address. */
4253 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4254 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4261 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4264 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4266 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4267 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4268 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4269 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4270 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4273 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4274 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4276 /* In other words, something like:
4278 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4279 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4280 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4281 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4283 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4285 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4288 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4290 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4294 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
4297 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
4302 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
4303 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4304 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
4305 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
4306 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4307 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
4309 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
4310 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
4314 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
4315 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
4316 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
4322 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
4327 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
4329 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
4332 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
4337 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4338 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4342 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4343 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4345 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4346 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4347 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4348 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4350 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4353 bfd_vma header_pad
= 0;
4355 if (link_info
== NULL
4356 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
4360 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4364 header_pad
= m
->header_size
;
4369 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4370 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4374 /* PR binutils/12467. */
4375 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
4376 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
4379 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4381 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4382 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4384 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
4385 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4389 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4393 /* We're writing the size in elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size,
4394 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
4395 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
4396 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while elf_tdata
4397 (abfd)->program_header_size contains the size used for the
4399 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
4400 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
4401 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
4402 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
4404 phdrs
= (Elf_Internal_Phdr
*)
4406 (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
),
4407 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4408 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4413 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4414 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4416 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4417 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4418 if (header_pad
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4424 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
4426 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
4430 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
4432 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4433 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4434 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4435 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4436 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4438 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4439 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4440 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4443 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4444 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4445 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4446 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4447 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4448 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4449 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4454 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4456 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4457 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4458 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4461 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4463 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4464 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4466 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4467 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4468 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4469 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4470 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4471 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4472 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4474 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4475 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4477 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4479 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4480 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
4481 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4482 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4486 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4488 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4491 bfd_size_type align
;
4492 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4494 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4498 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4500 unsigned int secalign
;
4502 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4503 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4504 align_power
= secalign
;
4506 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4507 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4508 align
= maxpagesize
;
4511 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4512 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
4513 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4514 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4515 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4516 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
4518 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4521 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4522 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
4524 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4528 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
4532 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4533 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4534 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4535 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4536 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4537 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4538 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4539 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4544 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4545 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4546 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4548 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4551 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4553 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4556 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4557 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
4558 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4559 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
4565 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4567 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4569 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4570 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4573 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4575 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4576 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4578 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4583 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4588 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4590 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4593 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4595 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4599 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4600 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4601 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4605 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4606 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4609 p
->p_filesz
+= header_pad
;
4610 p
->p_memsz
+= header_pad
;
4614 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4615 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4617 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
4623 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4625 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4626 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4630 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4631 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4632 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4633 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4634 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4635 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4638 bfd_size_type align
;
4639 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4642 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
4643 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4645 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4646 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4647 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
4648 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
4649 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
4650 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
4652 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
4653 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
4654 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
4655 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
4659 || p_end
< p_start
))
4661 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4662 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd
, sec
,
4663 (unsigned long) s_start
, (unsigned long) p_end
);
4667 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4669 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4671 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
4673 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
4674 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
4676 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
4677 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
4681 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4685 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4687 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4691 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4692 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4693 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4699 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4708 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4710 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4711 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4712 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4714 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4715 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
4716 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
4718 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
4719 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
4720 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
4721 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
4722 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
4723 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
4725 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
4727 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
4730 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4732 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4733 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4734 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4735 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4736 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4737 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4739 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4741 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4742 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4744 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4746 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
4747 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4750 if (align
> p
->p_align
4751 && !m
->p_align_valid
4752 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4753 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4757 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4760 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
4762 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
4768 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4769 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4770 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4772 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
4774 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4775 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
4776 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
4777 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
4778 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
4779 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
4781 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
4786 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4788 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4791 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
4792 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
4793 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
4794 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
4796 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4797 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4799 print_segment_map (m
);
4805 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4809 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4812 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4813 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4815 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4816 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
4817 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4818 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4819 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4820 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4821 struct elf_segment_map
*hdrs_segment
;
4822 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4823 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4825 unsigned int num_sec
;
4829 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4830 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4831 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4832 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4834 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4835 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4838 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4839 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
4840 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4841 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
4842 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
4843 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4845 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4846 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4847 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4849 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
4851 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
4852 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4853 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4854 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4857 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4859 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
4862 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4863 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4864 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_section
]
4865 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
]
4866 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->strtab_section
])
4867 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4869 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4872 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4873 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4877 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4879 hdrs_segment
= NULL
;
4880 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4881 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4886 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
4889 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4891 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4892 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4894 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4896 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4897 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4898 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4901 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4902 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4907 if (hdrs_segment
!= NULL
&& link_info
!= NULL
)
4909 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
4910 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
4911 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
4913 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
4914 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
4915 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4916 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
4918 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
4919 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4920 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4921 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4924 if (hdrs_segment
->count
!= 0)
4925 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
4926 s
= hdrs_segment
->sections
[0];
4928 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
4929 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4938 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
4939 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
4943 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
4944 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4947 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
4948 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
4953 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4957 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4959 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
4960 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
4962 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
4964 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
4966 for (lm
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, lp
= phdrs
;
4968 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
4970 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4971 && lp
->p_vaddr
< link_info
->relro_end
4972 && lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
>= link_info
->relro_end
4974 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
>= link_info
->relro_start
)
4978 /* PR ld/14207. If the RELRO segment doesn't fit in the
4979 LOAD segment, it should be removed. */
4980 BFD_ASSERT (lm
!= NULL
);
4984 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
4985 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
4986 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
4988 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4989 && lp
->p_paddr
== p
->p_paddr
)
4994 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
)
4996 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
4997 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
4998 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
4999 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5000 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
5001 else if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5002 p
->p_filesz
= m
->p_size
;
5005 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
5006 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5007 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5008 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5009 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5011 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
5013 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5014 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
5018 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
5019 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5022 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
5024 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5025 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
5026 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
5028 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
5031 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
5032 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
5034 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
5035 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
5036 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5038 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
5045 else if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5047 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5048 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5049 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
5051 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5053 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
5054 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5055 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
5059 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
5064 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5065 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5066 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5068 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5069 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5070 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5071 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5072 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5073 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5074 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5076 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5079 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
5080 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5082 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5083 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5085 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5087 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
5088 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5090 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5091 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5092 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
5095 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5096 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
5098 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5099 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5100 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5101 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
5103 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5106 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5107 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5108 || i
== tdata
->symtab_section
5109 || i
== tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
5110 || i
== tdata
->strtab_section
)
5112 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5115 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5122 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5123 assignment of sections to segments. */
5124 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5127 /* And for non-load sections. */
5128 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5131 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
5133 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
5137 /* Write out the program headers. */
5138 alloc
= tdata
->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5139 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5140 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
5143 off
= tdata
->next_file_pos
;
5146 /* Place the section headers. */
5147 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
5148 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
5149 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
5151 tdata
->next_file_pos
= off
;
5157 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
5159 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5160 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
5161 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5163 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5165 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5166 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
5169 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
5171 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
5172 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
5173 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
5174 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
5176 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
5177 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
5178 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
5179 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5181 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5182 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
5183 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
5184 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5185 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5186 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
5188 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
5190 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
5192 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
5193 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
5196 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5197 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5198 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5199 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5200 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5201 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5202 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5203 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5205 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
5208 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5209 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5211 /* No program header, for now. */
5212 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5213 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5214 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
5216 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5217 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
5218 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
5220 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5221 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
5222 /* It all happens later. */
5226 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5227 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5230 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5231 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
5232 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5233 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
5234 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5235 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
5236 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5237 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5238 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
5244 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5245 of the loadable file image. */
5248 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
5251 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
5252 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
5254 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
5256 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5257 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
5259 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
5262 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5263 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
5264 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
5267 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
5271 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5273 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5274 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
5276 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
5278 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
5279 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
5282 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5285 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
5289 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
5291 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5292 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5293 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
5295 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
5296 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
5297 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
5299 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5301 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5302 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5307 /* Write out the section header names. */
5308 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5309 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5310 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5313 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5314 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
,
5315 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
);
5317 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
5320 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
5321 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->after_write_object_contents
)
5322 return (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
5328 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5330 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5331 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5334 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5337 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5339 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5340 unsigned int sec_index
;
5342 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5343 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5344 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5346 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5347 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
5348 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5349 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
5350 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5351 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
5353 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
5355 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5356 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5358 int retval
= sec_index
;
5360 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5364 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
5365 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5370 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5374 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5376 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5378 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5380 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5381 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5382 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5383 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5384 input sections rather than the output section. */
5385 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5386 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5387 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5392 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5393 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5394 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5395 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5396 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5397 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5398 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5401 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5405 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5406 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5407 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5408 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5409 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5410 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5417 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
5418 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, (long) flags
);
5426 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5429 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5431 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5432 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5433 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5434 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5435 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5438 unsigned int num_segments
;
5439 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5440 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
5441 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5442 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5443 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5444 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5446 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5447 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5450 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5452 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5453 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5455 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5456 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5457 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5458 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5460 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5461 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5462 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5463 ? section->size : 0)
5465 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5466 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5467 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5468 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5469 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5470 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5472 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5473 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5474 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5475 (section->lma >= base \
5476 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5477 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5479 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5480 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5481 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5482 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5483 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5484 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5485 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5487 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5489 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5491 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5495 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5496 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5497 p_memsz set to 0. */
5498 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5500 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5501 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5502 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5503 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5505 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5506 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5507 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5509 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5510 A section will be included if:
5511 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5512 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5513 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5515 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5516 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5517 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5518 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5519 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5520 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5521 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5522 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5523 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5524 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5525 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5526 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5527 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5528 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5529 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5530 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5531 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5532 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5533 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5534 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5535 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5536 || (segment->p_paddr \
5537 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5538 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5539 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5541 && !section->segment_mark)
5543 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5544 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5545 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5546 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5547 && section->output_section != NULL)
5549 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5550 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5551 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5553 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5554 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5555 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5556 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5557 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5559 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5560 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5561 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5562 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5563 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5565 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5566 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5567 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5569 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5570 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5571 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5572 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5573 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
5574 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5577 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5579 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
5583 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5584 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5585 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5586 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5587 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5592 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5594 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5595 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5596 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5598 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5599 assignment code will work. */
5600 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5604 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5606 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5607 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5608 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5612 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5613 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5615 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5617 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5618 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5621 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5622 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5624 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5626 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5627 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
5629 if (extra_length
> 0)
5631 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5632 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5635 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5637 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5639 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5644 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5646 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5647 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
5649 if (extra_length
> 0)
5651 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5652 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5655 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5660 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5661 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5665 unsigned int section_count
;
5666 asection
**sections
;
5667 asection
*output_section
;
5669 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5670 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5673 asection
*first_section
;
5674 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma
;
5675 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma
;
5677 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5680 first_section
= NULL
;
5681 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5682 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5684 section
= section
->next
)
5686 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5687 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5688 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5690 if (first_section
== NULL
)
5691 first_section
= section
;
5692 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5697 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5698 all of the sections we have selected. */
5699 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5700 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5701 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
5705 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5706 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5708 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5709 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5710 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5712 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5713 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5715 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5717 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5718 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
5721 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5722 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5723 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5724 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5725 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5727 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5729 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5730 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5731 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5732 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5733 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5735 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5736 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5739 if (section_count
== 0)
5741 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5742 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5743 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5744 a warning is produced. */
5745 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5746 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5747 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5751 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5752 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5757 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5758 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5759 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5760 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5762 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5763 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5766 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5767 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5768 of the first section.
5770 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5771 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5772 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5773 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5774 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5776 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5777 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5778 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5779 or segments to contain the other sections.
5781 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5782 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5783 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5785 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5786 if (sections
== NULL
)
5789 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5790 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5791 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5792 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5793 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5798 first_matching_lma
= TRUE
;
5799 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
5801 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5803 section
= section
->next
)
5804 if (section
== first_section
)
5807 for (j
= 0; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5809 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5811 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5813 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5815 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5816 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5817 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5818 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5820 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
5821 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5823 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
5824 && output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
5825 + (map
->includes_filehdr
5828 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5830 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5832 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5834 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5835 LMA address of the output section. */
5836 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5837 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
5838 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5839 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
5841 if (first_matching_lma
|| output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
)
5843 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5844 first_matching_lma
= FALSE
;
5847 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5848 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5850 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
5852 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
5854 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5855 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
5858 if (j
== section_count
)
5863 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
5865 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5867 if (isec
== section_count
)
5869 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5870 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5871 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5872 program header in the input BFD. */
5873 map
->count
= section_count
;
5874 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5875 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5878 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5879 && matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
5880 && !map
->includes_filehdr
5881 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
5882 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5883 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5885 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
5892 if (!first_matching_lma
)
5894 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5895 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5896 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5897 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
5901 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5902 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5903 the LMA of the first section. */
5904 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5907 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5908 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5909 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
5911 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
)
5912 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
5915 map
->includes_filehdr
= FALSE
;
5916 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
5920 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
5922 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5924 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5926 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5927 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5928 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5929 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5930 offset when we know the correct value. */
5931 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
5932 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
5935 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
5939 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5940 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5941 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5942 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5943 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5944 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5951 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
5953 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5954 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
5956 section
= sections
[j
];
5958 if (section
== NULL
)
5961 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5963 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
5965 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5966 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
5968 if (map
->count
== 0)
5970 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5971 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5973 if (output_section
->lma
5975 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
5976 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5977 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
5985 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
5987 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5988 and the start of this section is more than
5989 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5990 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
5992 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
5993 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
5994 > output_section
->lma
))
5996 if (first_suggested_lma
)
5998 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5999 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6006 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
6009 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6011 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6013 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6014 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6018 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
6020 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
6021 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6022 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6024 if (isec
< section_count
)
6026 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
6027 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
6028 and carry on looping. */
6029 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6030 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6031 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
6038 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
6039 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
6040 not yet been assigned. */
6042 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6043 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6044 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6045 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6046 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6047 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
6048 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6051 while (isec
< section_count
);
6056 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
6058 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
6059 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
6060 the offset if necessary. */
6061 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
6065 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
6068 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
6069 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
6070 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6075 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
6076 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
6078 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6079 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6080 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6081 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6082 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6083 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6087 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6090 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6092 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6093 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6094 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6095 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6096 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6098 unsigned int num_segments
;
6099 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6100 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6102 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6105 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6107 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6108 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6109 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6110 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6111 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6114 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6116 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6120 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6125 unsigned int section_count
;
6127 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6128 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
6129 asection
*lowest_section
;
6131 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6132 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6134 section
= section
->next
)
6136 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6137 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6139 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6140 first_section
= section
;
6145 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6146 all of the sections we have selected. */
6147 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6148 if (section_count
!= 0)
6149 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6150 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6154 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6157 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6158 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6159 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6160 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6161 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6162 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
6163 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
6164 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
6166 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6168 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6169 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6170 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6171 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6172 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
6173 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
6176 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6177 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6178 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6179 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6181 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6182 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6184 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6185 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6186 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6187 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6188 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6190 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6191 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6194 lowest_section
= first_section
;
6195 if (section_count
!= 0)
6197 unsigned int isec
= 0;
6199 for (section
= first_section
;
6201 section
= section
->next
)
6203 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6204 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6206 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
6207 if (section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
6208 lowest_section
= section
;
6209 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6213 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6214 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6215 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6216 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6218 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
6219 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
6221 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6222 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
6223 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6225 if (isec
== section_count
)
6231 if (map
->includes_filehdr
&& lowest_section
!= NULL
)
6232 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
6233 map
->header_size
= lowest_section
->vma
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6235 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
6236 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6237 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
6238 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
6239 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0)
6240 - segment
->p_paddr
);
6242 map
->count
= section_count
;
6243 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6244 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6247 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
6251 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
6255 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6257 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6258 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6261 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
6264 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
6266 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
6267 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
6268 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6269 asection
*section
, *osec
;
6270 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
6271 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6272 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6274 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6276 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
6277 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
6280 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
6281 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6282 section
= section
->next
)
6283 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6285 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6286 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6290 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
6291 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
6292 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
6293 map in this case. */
6294 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
6295 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
6296 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
6299 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
6300 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6302 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
6303 from the input BFD. */
6304 osec
= section
->output_section
;
6306 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6308 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
6309 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6310 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6312 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
6313 removed. What else do we need to check? */
6315 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
6316 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
6317 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
6318 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
6319 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
6320 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
6326 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
6328 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6329 section
= section
->next
)
6331 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
6334 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6337 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6341 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6344 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
6347 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6351 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6354 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6355 bfd_boolean final_link
= link_info
!= NULL
&& !link_info
->relocatable
;
6357 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6358 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6361 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
6363 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
6364 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
6365 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
6366 that the linker clears to differ. */
6367 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
6368 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
6370 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
6371 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
6372 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
6374 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6375 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
6376 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
6378 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6379 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6380 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6381 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6384 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
6385 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
6387 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
6388 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
6389 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6390 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
6394 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6396 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6397 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6398 may be NULL at this point. */
6399 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
6401 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6402 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
6403 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
6406 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
6411 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6412 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6415 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6420 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6422 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6423 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6426 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6427 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6429 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
6431 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
6432 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
6433 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
6434 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
6435 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
6437 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
6441 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
6442 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
6443 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
6444 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
6445 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
6449 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
6453 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
6454 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
6456 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6457 asection
*s
= first
;
6458 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
6462 /* If this member section is being output but the
6463 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
6464 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
6465 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
6466 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
6468 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
6469 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
6471 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
6472 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
6473 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
6474 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
6476 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
6482 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
6484 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
6485 adjust the input section size. This function may
6486 be called multiple times, so save the original
6488 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6489 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6490 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
6494 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
6496 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
6504 /* Copy private header information. */
6507 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6509 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6510 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6513 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6514 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6515 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6516 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6517 already been worked out. */
6518 if (elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
6520 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
6524 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
6527 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6528 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6529 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6530 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6531 swap_out_syms function. */
6533 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6534 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6535 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6536 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6537 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6540 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6545 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6547 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6548 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6551 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6552 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6555 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
6557 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6561 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6562 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6563 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6564 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6565 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6566 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->strtab_section
)
6568 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->shstrtab_section
)
6569 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6570 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
)
6571 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6572 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6578 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6581 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6582 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6585 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6588 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6589 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6590 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6591 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6592 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6593 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6596 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6598 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
))
6601 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6602 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6606 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6607 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6608 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6609 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6610 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6611 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6612 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_num_locals (abfd
) + 1;
6613 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6615 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6616 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6618 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6619 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6620 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6622 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6625 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6627 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6628 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6629 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6631 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6632 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
6633 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6634 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6636 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6640 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6641 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6642 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6643 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6644 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6647 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6649 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6650 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6656 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6657 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
6658 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6659 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6660 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6661 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6665 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6666 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6668 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6669 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6671 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6672 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6673 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6674 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6677 if (!name_local_sections
6678 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6680 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6685 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6688 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6690 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6695 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6697 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6698 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6700 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6701 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6702 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6703 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6704 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6705 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6706 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6708 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6709 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6710 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6714 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6717 if (sec
->output_section
)
6719 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6720 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6723 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6724 if (! relocatable_p
)
6726 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6727 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6729 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6731 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6733 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6734 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6735 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6736 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6740 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6743 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6746 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_section
;
6749 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_section
;
6752 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
;
6760 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6762 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
6766 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6767 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6768 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6769 demand of applications. For example, it
6770 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6771 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6772 actually in the output file. */
6773 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6776 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6777 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6778 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6780 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6781 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6785 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6786 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= SHN_BAD
);
6790 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6793 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
6795 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6796 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
6797 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6799 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
6801 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
6803 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
6808 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
6811 /* Processor-specific types. */
6812 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
6813 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6814 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6815 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
6817 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6819 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6820 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6822 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6824 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6826 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6827 if (type
== STT_OBJECT
)
6828 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_COMMON
);
6831 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
6833 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6834 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6838 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
6839 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
6842 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
6844 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
6846 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
6847 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
6848 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6850 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6853 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
6856 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
6858 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
6859 sym
.st_target_internal
6860 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
6865 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
6868 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6869 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6870 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6871 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6875 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
6876 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6878 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
6879 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
6880 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6881 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
6882 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
6883 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
6888 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6890 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6891 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6892 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6895 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6899 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6901 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6902 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6904 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6910 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6914 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6916 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6918 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6922 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6923 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6925 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6931 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6934 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
6937 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6940 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6947 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6949 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
6952 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
6953 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6954 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
6958 return section
->reloc_count
;
6962 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
6964 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6965 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
6968 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6973 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
6974 asymbol
**allocation
)
6976 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6977 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
6980 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6984 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6985 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6986 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6987 dynamic reloc section. */
6990 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6995 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6997 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7001 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
7002 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7003 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7004 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7005 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7006 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
7007 * sizeof (arelent
*));
7012 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
7013 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
7014 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
7015 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
7016 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
7017 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
7018 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
7021 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7025 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
7029 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7031 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7035 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
7037 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7039 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7040 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7041 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7046 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
7048 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7050 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
7061 /* Read in the version information. */
7064 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
7066 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
7067 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
7069 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
7071 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7072 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
7073 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
7075 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
7077 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
7079 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
7080 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
7081 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
7084 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
7086 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7087 if (contents
== NULL
)
7089 error_return_verref
:
7090 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
7091 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
7094 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7095 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7096 goto error_return_verref
;
7098 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
7099 goto error_return_verref
;
7101 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
7102 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
7103 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
7104 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
7105 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
7106 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
7108 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
7109 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
7112 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
7114 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
7116 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
7117 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7119 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
7120 goto error_return_verref
;
7122 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
7123 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
7126 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
7127 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
7128 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
7129 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
7130 goto error_return_verref
;
7133 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
7134 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7135 goto error_return_verref
;
7137 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7138 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
7139 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
7140 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
7142 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
7144 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
7145 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7146 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
7147 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
7148 goto error_return_verref
;
7150 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
7151 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
7153 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
7155 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
7156 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
7157 goto error_return_verref
;
7159 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7160 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
7162 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
7163 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
7166 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
7167 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
7169 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
7171 if (iverneed
->vn_next
7172 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7173 goto error_return_verref
;
7175 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
7176 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
7183 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
7185 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7186 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
7187 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7188 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
7189 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
7191 unsigned int maxidx
;
7192 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
7194 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
7196 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7197 if (contents
== NULL
)
7199 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7200 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7203 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
7206 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
7207 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
7208 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7209 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
7210 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7211 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
7213 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
7214 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
7216 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7218 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
7220 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7222 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
7223 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
7225 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
7226 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7229 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7230 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
7233 if (default_imported_symver
)
7235 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
7240 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7241 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7242 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7245 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
7247 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7248 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
7249 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
7251 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
7252 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7255 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7257 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
7259 error_return_verdef
:
7260 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
7261 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
7265 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
7266 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7268 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7270 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
7271 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
7274 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7275 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
7276 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
7277 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7278 goto error_return_verdef
;
7282 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7283 goto error_return_verdef
;
7285 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7286 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
7287 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7288 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
7290 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
7292 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
7293 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7294 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
7295 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
7296 goto error_return_verdef
;
7298 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7299 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
7301 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
7303 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
7304 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
7305 goto error_return_verdef
;
7307 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7308 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
7311 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7312 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
7314 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
7315 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
7317 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7319 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7320 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
7326 else if (default_imported_symver
)
7333 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7334 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7335 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7338 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
7341 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
7342 if (default_imported_symver
)
7344 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7345 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7347 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];;
7349 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
7350 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
7351 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
7352 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
7354 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7356 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
7357 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
7358 goto error_return_verdef
;
7359 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7360 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7361 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
7362 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7363 goto error_return_verdef
;
7365 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7366 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
7367 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
7373 if (contents
!= NULL
)
7379 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
7381 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
7382 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (elf_symbol_type
);
7384 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7389 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
7390 return &newsym
->symbol
;
7395 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7399 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
7402 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
7403 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
7407 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7410 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
7411 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
7414 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
7415 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
7416 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
7419 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
7420 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
7421 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
7422 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
7423 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
7424 we treat such symbols as local. */
7425 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
7432 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7433 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7440 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
7441 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
7442 unsigned long machine
)
7444 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7445 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7446 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
7447 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
7448 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
7451 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
7454 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
7455 for error reporting. */
7458 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd
,
7462 const char **filename_ptr
,
7463 const char **functionname_ptr
)
7465 static asection
*last_section
;
7466 static asymbol
*func
;
7467 static const char *filename
;
7468 static bfd_size_type func_size
;
7470 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7473 if (last_section
!= section
7475 || offset
< func
->value
7476 || offset
>= func
->value
+ func_size
)
7481 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7482 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7483 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7484 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7485 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7486 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7487 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7488 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7489 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
7490 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7496 state
= nothing_seen
;
7498 last_section
= section
;
7500 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
7506 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_FILE
) != 0)
7509 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
7510 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
7514 size
= bed
->maybe_function_sym (sym
, section
, &code_off
);
7516 && code_off
<= offset
7517 && (code_off
> low_func
7518 || (code_off
== low_func
7519 && size
> func_size
)))
7523 low_func
= code_off
;
7526 && ((sym
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) != 0
7527 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
7528 filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
7530 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
7531 state
= symbol_seen
;
7539 *filename_ptr
= filename
;
7540 if (functionname_ptr
)
7541 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (func
);
7546 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7547 for error reporting. */
7550 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
7554 const char **filename_ptr
,
7555 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7556 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7558 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (abfd
, section
, symbols
,
7559 offset
, filename_ptr
,
7566 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (bfd
*abfd
,
7570 const char **filename_ptr
,
7571 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7572 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
7573 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
7577 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7578 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7581 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7582 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7583 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7589 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, dwarf_debug_sections
,
7590 section
, symbols
, offset
,
7591 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7592 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
, 0,
7593 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7595 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7596 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7597 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7603 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7604 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7605 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7606 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7608 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7611 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7614 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7615 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7622 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7625 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7626 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7628 return _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7629 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7634 _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7635 const char **filename_ptr
,
7636 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
7637 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
7639 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7640 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
, 0,
7641 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7644 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7645 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7646 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7647 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7648 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7651 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7652 const char **filename_ptr
,
7653 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7654 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7657 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7658 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7659 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7664 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7666 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7667 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7669 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7671 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
7673 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
7675 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
7678 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7679 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
7682 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
7685 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= phdr_size
;
7693 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7695 const void *location
,
7697 bfd_size_type count
)
7699 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7702 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7703 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7706 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7707 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7708 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7709 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7716 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7717 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7718 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7723 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7726 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7728 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7730 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7732 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7733 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7735 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7736 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7738 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7740 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7743 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7746 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7749 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7752 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7755 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7758 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7764 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7766 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7768 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7769 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7771 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7776 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7782 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7785 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7788 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7791 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7794 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7800 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7804 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7812 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7813 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7814 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
7815 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7820 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
7822 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
7823 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
7825 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
7826 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
7827 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7830 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
7833 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7834 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7835 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7838 bfd_reloc_status_type
7839 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7840 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7841 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7842 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7843 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7845 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
7848 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7849 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7850 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7851 out details about the corefile. */
7853 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7854 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
7855 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
7856 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7859 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
7860 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
7863 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
7867 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
;
7869 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
;
7874 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7875 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7876 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7880 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
7884 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
7887 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
7891 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
7892 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
7893 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
7897 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7898 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7899 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7900 such a section already exists.
7901 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7902 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7903 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7905 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7911 char *threaded_name
;
7915 /* Build the section name. */
7917 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7918 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7919 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7920 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
7922 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
7924 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
7929 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
7930 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7932 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
7935 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7937 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7941 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7944 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7949 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
7953 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7954 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7955 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7957 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7958 has already been set by another thread. */
7959 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7960 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7961 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
== 0)
7962 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7964 /* pr_who exists on:
7967 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7970 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7971 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7973 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7976 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7977 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
7979 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7980 prstatus32_t prstat
;
7982 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7983 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
7984 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7986 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7987 has already been set by another thread. */
7988 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7989 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7990 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
== 0)
7991 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7993 /* pr_who exists on:
7996 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7999 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
8000 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8002 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8005 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
8008 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8009 note size (ie. data object type). */
8013 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
8014 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
8015 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
8017 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
8019 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
8021 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8023 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8025 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
8026 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
8029 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
8030 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
8031 data structure apart. */
8034 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8036 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8039 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
8040 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
8044 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8046 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8049 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
8050 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
8051 contents literally. */
8054 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8056 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
8060 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8062 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
8066 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8068 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
8072 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8074 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
8078 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8080 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
8084 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8086 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
8090 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8092 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
8096 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8098 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
8102 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8104 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
8108 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8110 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
8114 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8116 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
8120 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8122 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
8125 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
8126 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8127 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8128 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8132 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8133 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8134 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8135 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8139 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
8140 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
8141 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
8144 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
8147 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
8155 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
8159 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
8165 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8167 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8169 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
8171 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
8173 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8175 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
8176 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8178 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
8179 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8180 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8182 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8183 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8184 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8186 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8187 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
8189 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8190 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
8192 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8194 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
8195 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8197 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
8198 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8199 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8201 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8202 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8203 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8209 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8210 note size (ie. data object type). */
8214 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
8215 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
8216 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
8219 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
;
8220 int n
= strlen (command
);
8222 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
8223 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
8228 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
8230 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8232 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8234 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
8235 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
8236 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
8242 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8244 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8246 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8247 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
8249 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8252 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8254 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8257 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
8258 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
8259 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
8263 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
8265 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8267 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8269 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8275 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
8276 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
8277 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
8282 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8284 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
8285 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
8287 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
8288 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
8290 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8292 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8293 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8294 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8297 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8299 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8303 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8304 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8305 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8306 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8309 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8310 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
8311 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8314 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8316 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8319 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
8321 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8322 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8323 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8326 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8328 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8332 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8333 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8334 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8335 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8338 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
8339 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
8340 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
8343 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8345 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
8347 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
8350 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8357 int is_active_thread
;
8360 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
8363 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
8366 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
8370 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
8371 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
8372 /* process_info.pid */
8373 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8374 /* process_info.signal */
8375 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
8378 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
8379 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8380 /* thread_info.tid */
8381 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
8383 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8384 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8388 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8390 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8394 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8396 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8397 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
8398 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8400 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
8401 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8403 if (is_active_thread
)
8404 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8408 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
8409 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
8410 /* module_info.base_address */
8411 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
8412 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
8414 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8415 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8419 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8421 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8426 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8427 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8428 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8439 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8441 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8449 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
8450 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
8452 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8453 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
8458 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8460 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8463 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8465 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
8468 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
8469 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8471 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
8472 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8474 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
8475 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8476 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8477 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8481 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
8482 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8483 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8484 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
8489 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8490 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8491 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
8496 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8497 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8498 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
8502 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
8503 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8504 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8505 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
8510 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8511 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8512 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
8516 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
8517 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8518 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8519 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
8523 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
8524 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8525 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8526 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
8531 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8532 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8533 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
8537 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
8538 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8539 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8540 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
8544 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
8545 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8546 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8547 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
8551 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
8552 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8553 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8554 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
8559 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8560 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8561 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
8567 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
8568 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
8570 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8571 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
8578 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
8583 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8584 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8585 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8593 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8595 elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id_size
= note
->descsz
;
8596 elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, note
->descsz
);
8597 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id
== NULL
)
8600 memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
8606 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8613 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
8614 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
8619 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8621 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
8622 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct sdt_note
)
8625 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
8626 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
8627 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
8629 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
8635 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8640 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
8648 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
8652 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
8655 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
8662 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8664 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8665 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
8666 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8668 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
8669 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
8670 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
8672 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8673 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8674 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
8676 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
8681 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8685 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
8686 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwp
;
8688 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
8690 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
8691 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
8692 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
8693 creates a core file. */
8695 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8698 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
8699 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
8700 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
8703 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
8707 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
8709 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
8710 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
8712 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
8713 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
8716 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
8717 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8719 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
8720 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8726 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8727 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8732 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
8733 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8735 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
8736 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8746 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8748 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8749 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
8750 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8752 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
8753 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
8754 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
8756 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8757 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8758 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
8764 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8766 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
8767 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8769 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
8770 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8772 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
8773 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8775 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
8776 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8778 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
8780 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
8785 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8786 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8787 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8792 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
8794 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
8799 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8800 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8801 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8810 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
8812 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
8819 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8820 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
8822 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8823 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
8825 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8826 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
8828 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8829 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
8831 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= sig
;
8832 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
8835 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8836 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8837 thread just in case. */
8838 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
8839 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
8841 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8842 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
8844 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8849 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8853 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8854 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8855 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8857 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
8861 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
8862 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
8870 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8871 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
8873 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8878 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8882 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8883 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8884 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8886 /* This is the current thread. */
8887 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
== tid
)
8888 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
8893 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8894 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8895 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8896 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8899 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8901 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8902 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8904 static long tid
= 1;
8908 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
8909 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
8910 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
8911 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
8912 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
8913 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
8914 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
8915 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
8922 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8928 /* Use note name as section name. */
8930 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8933 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
8934 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
8936 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8940 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8941 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8942 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
8947 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8950 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
8954 size of data for note
8956 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
8957 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
8958 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
8959 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
8962 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
8965 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
8973 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
8980 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
8982 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
8984 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
8987 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
8988 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
8989 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
8990 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
8991 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
8992 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
8996 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
9004 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
9015 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
9021 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9023 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9026 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9027 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
9032 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9033 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9034 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9036 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9038 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9041 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9044 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9045 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9046 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9047 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9048 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9053 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9055 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9058 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9061 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9062 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9063 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9064 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9065 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9067 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
9074 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9081 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9083 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9086 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9088 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
9093 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9094 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9095 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9097 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9099 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9100 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9101 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9102 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9103 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9104 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9111 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9112 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9113 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9114 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9115 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9116 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9118 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
9124 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9126 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9133 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9134 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9136 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9137 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
9138 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9139 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9140 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
9141 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9143 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
9144 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
9146 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
9147 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
9150 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9151 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9153 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
9155 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9157 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9161 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9162 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9164 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9165 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9166 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9168 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9172 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9173 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9174 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9175 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9183 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9184 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9185 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9186 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9190 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
9193 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9199 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9200 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9201 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
9205 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9208 const void *xfpregs
,
9211 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9212 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9213 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
9217 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9218 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
9220 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9221 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9222 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
9226 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
9229 const void *ppc_vmx
,
9232 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9233 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9234 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
9238 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
9241 const void *ppc_vsx
,
9244 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9245 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9246 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
9250 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
9253 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
9256 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9257 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9258 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
9259 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
9263 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
9266 const void *s390_timer
,
9269 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9270 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9271 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
9275 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
9278 const void *s390_todcmp
,
9281 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9282 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9283 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
9287 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9290 const void *s390_todpreg
,
9293 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9294 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9295 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
9299 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
9302 const void *s390_ctrs
,
9305 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9306 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9307 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
9311 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
9314 const void *s390_prefix
,
9317 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9318 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9319 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
9323 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
9326 const void *s390_last_break
,
9329 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9330 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9331 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
9332 s390_last_break
, size
);
9336 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
9339 const void *s390_system_call
,
9342 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9343 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9344 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
9345 s390_system_call
, size
);
9349 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
9352 const void *arm_vfp
,
9355 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9356 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9357 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
9361 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
9364 const char *section
,
9368 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
9369 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9370 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
9371 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9372 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
9373 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9374 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
9375 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9376 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
9377 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9378 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
9379 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9380 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
9381 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9382 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
9383 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9384 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
9385 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9386 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
9387 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9388 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
9389 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9390 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
9391 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9392 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
9393 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9394 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
9395 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9400 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
)
9405 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
9407 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
9408 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
9409 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
9411 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
9414 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
9416 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
9417 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
9418 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
9421 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
9422 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
9423 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
9425 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
9426 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
9429 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
9435 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE"))
9437 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
9440 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "OpenBSD"))
9442 if (! elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
9445 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "QNX"))
9447 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
9450 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "SPU/"))
9452 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd
, &in
))
9457 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
9463 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
9465 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
9468 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
9469 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
9471 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
9477 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
9484 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
9491 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
9494 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
);
9498 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
9499 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
))
9509 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
9511 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
9512 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
9513 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9516 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
9518 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9520 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9524 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
9527 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
9528 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
9529 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
9530 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
9532 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
9533 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9536 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
9540 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9542 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9546 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
9547 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
9548 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
9553 enum elf_reloc_type_class
9554 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9556 return reloc_class_normal
;
9559 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
9560 relocation against a local symbol. */
9563 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
9564 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
9566 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9568 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
9571 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
9572 + sec
->output_offset
9574 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
9575 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
9576 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
9579 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
9580 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9581 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
9584 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
9585 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
9586 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
9587 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
9588 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
9589 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9590 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
9593 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
9594 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9600 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
9601 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
9605 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
9607 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
9608 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
9610 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
9611 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9612 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
9616 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
9617 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9621 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9623 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9624 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9626 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9627 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
9629 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
9631 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9632 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
9633 offset
= sec
->size
- offset
- address_size
;
9639 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
9640 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
9641 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
9642 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
9643 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
9644 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
9646 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
9647 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
9648 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
9649 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
9650 the remote memory. */
9653 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
9657 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
9659 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
9660 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
9664 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
9665 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9666 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9671 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9674 const char *relplt_name
;
9675 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
9679 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9685 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
9688 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
9691 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
9694 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
9695 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
9696 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
9697 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
9701 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
9702 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
9703 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
9706 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
9710 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
9711 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
9714 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9715 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
9716 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
9717 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9719 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
9723 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
9725 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
9730 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
9734 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
9735 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
9737 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9742 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
9743 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
9746 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
9747 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
9748 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
9749 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
9750 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
9751 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
9753 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
9756 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
9757 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
9763 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
9764 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
9765 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
9766 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
9769 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
9772 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
9773 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
9780 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
9781 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
9782 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
9783 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
9786 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd
* abfd
,
9787 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9789 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
9791 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
9793 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
9795 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
9796 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
9797 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
9798 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
9799 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
)
9800 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
9804 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
9805 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
9806 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
9809 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
9811 return (type
== STT_FUNC
9812 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
9815 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
9816 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
9817 otherwise return zero. */
9820 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
9825 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
9826 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
9827 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
9830 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
9832 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
9833 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;